1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  * 	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  * 	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  *
99  */
100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
101 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
103 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
104 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
114 };
115 
116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
117 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
118 
119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
121 
122 /**
123  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
124  *
125  * This structure describes a single channel for use
126  * with cfg80211.
127  *
128  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
129  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
130  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
131  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
132  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
133  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
134  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
135  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
136  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
137  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
138  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
139  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
140  * @orig_mag: internal use
141  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
142  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
143  *	on this channel.
144  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
145  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
146  */
147 struct ieee80211_channel {
148 	enum nl80211_band band;
149 	u32 center_freq;
150 	u16 hw_value;
151 	u32 flags;
152 	int max_antenna_gain;
153 	int max_power;
154 	int max_reg_power;
155 	bool beacon_found;
156 	u32 orig_flags;
157 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
158 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
159 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
160 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
161 };
162 
163 /**
164  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
165  *
166  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
167  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
168  * different bands/PHY modes.
169  *
170  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
171  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
172  *	with CCK rates.
173  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
174  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
175  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
176  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
178  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
179  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
182  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
183  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
185  */
186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
187 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
188 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
194 };
195 
196 /**
197  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
198  *
199  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
200  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
204  */
205 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
206 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
207 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
211 };
212 
213 /**
214  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
215  *
216  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
217  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
219  */
220 enum ieee80211_privacy {
221 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
222 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
224 };
225 
226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
227 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
228 
229 /**
230  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
231  *
232  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
233  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
234  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
235  * passed around.
236  *
237  * @flags: rate-specific flags
238  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
239  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
240  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
241  *	short preamble is used
242  */
243 struct ieee80211_rate {
244 	u32 flags;
245 	u16 bitrate;
246 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
247 };
248 
249 /**
250  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
251  *
252  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
253  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
254  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
255  */
256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
257 	bool enable;
258 	u8 min_offset;
259 	u8 max_offset;
260 };
261 
262 /**
263  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
264  *
265  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
266  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
267  *
268  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
269  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
270  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
271  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
272  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
273  */
274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
275 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
276 	bool ht_supported;
277 	u8 ampdu_factor;
278 	u8 ampdu_density;
279 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
280 };
281 
282 /**
283  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
284  *
285  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
286  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
287  *
288  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
289  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
290  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
291  */
292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
293 	bool vht_supported;
294 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
295 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
296 };
297 
298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
299 
300 /**
301  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
302  *
303  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
304  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
305  *
306  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
307  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
308  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
309  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
310  */
311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
312 	bool has_he;
313 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
314 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
315 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
316 };
317 
318 /**
319  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
320  *
321  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
322  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
323  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
324  *
325  * @types_mask: interface types mask
326  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
327  */
328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
329 	u16 types_mask;
330 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
331 };
332 
333 /**
334  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
335  *
336  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
337  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
338  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
339  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
340  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
341  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
342  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
343  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
344  *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
345  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
346  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
347  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
348  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
349  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
350  *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
351  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
352  *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
353  */
354 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
355 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
356 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
357 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
358 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
359 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
360 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
361 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
362 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
363 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
364 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
365 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
366 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
367 };
368 
369 /**
370  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
371  *
372  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
373  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
374  *
375  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
376  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
377  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
378  *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
379  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
380  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
381  */
382 struct ieee80211_edmg {
383 	u8 channels;
384 	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
385 };
386 
387 /**
388  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
389  *
390  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
391  * is able to operate in.
392  *
393  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
394  *	in this band.
395  * @band: the band this structure represents
396  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
397  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
398  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
399  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
400  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
401  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
402  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
403  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
404  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
405  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
406  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
407  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
408  *	iftype_data).
409  */
410 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
411 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
412 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
413 	enum nl80211_band band;
414 	int n_channels;
415 	int n_bitrates;
416 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
417 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
418 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
419 	u16 n_iftype_data;
420 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
421 };
422 
423 /**
424  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
425  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
426  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
427  *
428  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
429  */
430 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)431 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
432 				u8 iftype)
433 {
434 	int i;
435 
436 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
437 		return NULL;
438 
439 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
440 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
441 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
442 
443 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
444 			return data;
445 	}
446 
447 	return NULL;
448 }
449 
450 /**
451  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
452  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
453  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
454  *
455  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
456  */
457 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)458 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
459 			    u8 iftype)
460 {
461 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
462 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
463 
464 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
465 		return &data->he_cap;
466 
467 	return NULL;
468 }
469 
470 /**
471  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
472  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
473  *
474  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
475  */
476 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband)477 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
478 {
479 	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
480 }
481 
482 /**
483  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
484  *
485  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
486  *
487  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
488  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
489  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
490  *
491  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
492  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
493  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
494  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
495  * without affecting other devices.
496  *
497  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
498  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
499  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
500  */
501 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
502 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
503 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy * wiphy)504 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
505 {
506 }
507 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
508 
509 
510 /*
511  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
512  */
513 
514 /**
515  * DOC: Actions and configuration
516  *
517  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
518  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
519  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
520  * operations use are described separately.
521  *
522  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
523  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
524  *
525  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
526  * in a separate chapter.
527  */
528 
529 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
530 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
531 
532 /**
533  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
534  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
535  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
536  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
537  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
538  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
539  *	determine the address as needed.
540  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
541  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
542  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
543  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
544  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
545  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
546  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
547  */
548 struct vif_params {
549 	u32 flags;
550 	int use_4addr;
551 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
552 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
553 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
554 };
555 
556 /**
557  * struct key_params - key information
558  *
559  * Information about a key
560  *
561  * @key: key material
562  * @key_len: length of key material
563  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
564  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
565  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
566  *	length given by @seq_len.
567  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
568  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
569  */
570 struct key_params {
571 	const u8 *key;
572 	const u8 *seq;
573 	int key_len;
574 	int seq_len;
575 	u32 cipher;
576 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
577 };
578 
579 /**
580  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
581  * @chan: the (control) channel
582  * @width: channel width
583  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
584  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
585  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
586  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
587  *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
588  *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
589  *	parameters are ignored.
590  */
591 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
592 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
593 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
594 	u32 center_freq1;
595 	u32 center_freq2;
596 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
597 };
598 
599 /**
600  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
601  * @chandef: the channel definition
602  *
603  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
604  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
605  */
606 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)607 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
608 {
609 	switch (chandef->width) {
610 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
611 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
612 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
613 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
614 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
615 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
616 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
617 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
618 	default:
619 		WARN_ON(1);
620 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
621 	}
622 }
623 
624 /**
625  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
626  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
627  * @channel: the control channel
628  * @chantype: the channel type
629  *
630  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
631  */
632 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
633 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
634 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
635 
636 /**
637  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
638  * @chandef1: first channel definition
639  * @chandef2: second channel definition
640  *
641  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
642  * identical, %false otherwise.
643  */
644 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef1,const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef2)645 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
646 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
647 {
648 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
649 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
650 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
651 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
652 }
653 
654 /**
655  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
656  *
657  * @chandef: the channel definition
658  *
659  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
660  */
661 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)662 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
663 {
664 	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
665 }
666 
667 /**
668  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
669  * @chandef1: first channel definition
670  * @chandef2: second channel definition
671  *
672  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
673  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
674  */
675 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
676 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
677 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
678 
679 /**
680  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
681  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
682  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
683  */
684 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
685 
686 /**
687  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
688  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
689  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
690  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
691  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
692  */
693 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
694 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
695 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
696 
697 /**
698  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
699  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
700  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
701  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
702  * Returns:
703  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
704  */
705 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
706 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
707 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
708 
709 /**
710  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
711  *
712  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
713  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
714  *
715  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
716  *
717  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
718  */
719 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)720 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
721 {
722 	switch (chandef->width) {
723 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
724 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
725 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
726 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
727 	default:
728 		break;
729 	}
730 	return 0;
731 }
732 
733 /**
734  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
735  *
736  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
737  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
738  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
739  *
740  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
741  *
742  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
743  */
744 static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)745 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
746 {
747 	switch (chandef->width) {
748 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
749 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
750 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
751 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
752 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
753 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
754 	default:
755 		break;
756 	}
757 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
758 }
759 
760 /**
761  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
762  *
763  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
764  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
765  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
766  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
767  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
768  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
769  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
770  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
771  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
772  *
773  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
774  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
775  */
776 enum survey_info_flags {
777 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
778 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
779 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
780 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
781 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
782 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
783 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
784 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
785 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
786 };
787 
788 /**
789  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
790  *
791  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
792  *	record to report global statistics
793  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
794  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
795  *	optional
796  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
797  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
798  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
799  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
800  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
801  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
802  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
803  *
804  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
805  *
806  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
807  * channel duty cycle etc.
808  */
809 struct survey_info {
810 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
811 	u64 time;
812 	u64 time_busy;
813 	u64 time_ext_busy;
814 	u64 time_rx;
815 	u64 time_tx;
816 	u64 time_scan;
817 	u64 time_bss_rx;
818 	u32 filled;
819 	s8 noise;
820 };
821 
822 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
823 
824 /**
825  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
826  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
827  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
828  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
829  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
830  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
831  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
832  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
833  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
834  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
835  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
836  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
837  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
838  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
839  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
840  *	protocol frames.
841  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
842  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
843  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
844  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
845  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
846  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
847  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
848  *	offload)
849  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
850  */
851 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
852 	u32 wpa_versions;
853 	u32 cipher_group;
854 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
855 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
856 	int n_akm_suites;
857 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
858 	bool control_port;
859 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
860 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
861 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
862 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
863 	int wep_tx_key;
864 	const u8 *psk;
865 	const u8 *sae_pwd;
866 	u8 sae_pwd_len;
867 };
868 
869 /**
870  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
871  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
872  *	or %NULL if not changed
873  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
874  *	or %NULL if not changed
875  * @head_len: length of @head
876  * @tail_len: length of @tail
877  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
878  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
879  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
880  *	frames or %NULL
881  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
882  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
883  *	Response frames or %NULL
884  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
885  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
886  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
887  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
888  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
889  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
890  *	(measurement type 8)
891  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
892  *	Token (measurement type 11)
893  * @lci_len: LCI data length
894  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
895  */
896 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
897 	const u8 *head, *tail;
898 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
899 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
900 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
901 	const u8 *probe_resp;
902 	const u8 *lci;
903 	const u8 *civicloc;
904 	s8 ftm_responder;
905 
906 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
907 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
908 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
909 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
910 	size_t probe_resp_len;
911 	size_t lci_len;
912 	size_t civicloc_len;
913 };
914 
915 struct mac_address {
916 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
917 };
918 
919 /**
920  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
921  *
922  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
923  *	entry specified by mac_addr
924  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
925  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
926  */
927 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
928 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
929 	int n_acl_entries;
930 
931 	/* Keep it last */
932 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
933 };
934 
935 /*
936  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
937  */
938 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
939 	struct {
940 		u32 legacy;
941 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
942 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
943 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
944 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
945 };
946 
947 /**
948  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
949  *
950  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
951  *
952  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
953  */
954 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
955 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
956 };
957 
958 /**
959  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
960  *
961  * Used to configure an AP interface.
962  *
963  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
964  * @beacon: beacon data
965  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
966  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
967  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
968  *	user space)
969  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
970  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
971  * @crypto: crypto settings
972  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
973  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
974  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
975  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
976  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
977  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
978  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
979  *	MAC address based access control
980  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
981  *	networks.
982  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
983  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
984  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
985  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
986  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
987  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
988  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
989  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
990  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
991  */
992 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
993 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
994 
995 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
996 
997 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
998 	const u8 *ssid;
999 	size_t ssid_len;
1000 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1001 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1002 	bool privacy;
1003 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1004 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1005 	int inactivity_timeout;
1006 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1007 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
1008 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1009 	bool pbss;
1010 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1011 
1012 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1013 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1014 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1015 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
1016 	bool twt_responder;
1017 	u32 flags;
1018 	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1019 };
1020 
1021 /**
1022  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1023  *
1024  * Used for channel switch
1025  *
1026  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1027  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1028  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1029  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1030  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1031  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1032  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1033  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1034  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1035  * @count: number of beacons until switch
1036  */
1037 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1038 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1039 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1040 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1041 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1042 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1043 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1044 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1045 	bool radar_required;
1046 	bool block_tx;
1047 	u8 count;
1048 };
1049 
1050 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1051 
1052 /**
1053  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1054  *
1055  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1056  *
1057  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1058  *	to use for verification
1059  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1060  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1061  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1062  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1063  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1064  *	nl80211_iftype.
1065  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1066  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1067  *	the verification
1068  */
1069 struct iface_combination_params {
1070 	int num_different_channels;
1071 	u8 radar_detect;
1072 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1073 	u32 new_beacon_int;
1074 };
1075 
1076 /**
1077  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1078  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1079  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1080  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1081  *
1082  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1083  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1084  */
1085 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1086 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1087 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1088 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1089 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1090 };
1091 
1092 /**
1093  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1094  *
1095  * Used to configure txpower for station.
1096  *
1097  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1098  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1099  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1100  *	power per-interface or per-station.
1101  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1102  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1103  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1104  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1105  *	per peer TPC.
1106  */
1107 struct sta_txpwr {
1108 	s16 power;
1109 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1110 };
1111 
1112 /**
1113  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1114  *
1115  * Used to change and create a new station.
1116  *
1117  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1118  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1119  *	(or NULL for no change)
1120  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1121  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1122  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1123  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1124  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1125  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1126  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1127  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1128  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1129  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1130  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1131  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1132  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1133  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1134  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1135  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1136  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1137  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1138  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1139  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1140  *	to unknown)
1141  * @capability: station capability
1142  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1143  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1144  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1145  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1146  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1147  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1148  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1149  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1150  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1151  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1152  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1153  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1154  */
1155 struct station_parameters {
1156 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1157 	struct net_device *vlan;
1158 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1159 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1160 	int listen_interval;
1161 	u16 aid;
1162 	u16 peer_aid;
1163 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1164 	u8 plink_action;
1165 	u8 plink_state;
1166 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1167 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1168 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1169 	u8 max_sp;
1170 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1171 	u16 capability;
1172 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1173 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1174 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1175 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1176 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1177 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1178 	u8 opmode_notif;
1179 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1180 	int support_p2p_ps;
1181 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1182 	u8 he_capa_len;
1183 	u16 airtime_weight;
1184 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1185 };
1186 
1187 /**
1188  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1189  *
1190  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1191  *
1192  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1193  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1194  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1195  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1196  */
1197 struct station_del_parameters {
1198 	const u8 *mac;
1199 	u8 subtype;
1200 	u16 reason_code;
1201 };
1202 
1203 /**
1204  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1205  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1206  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1207  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1208  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1209  *	the AP MLME in the device
1210  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1211  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1212  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1213  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1214  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1215  *	supported/used)
1216  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1217  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1218  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1219  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1220  */
1221 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1222 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1223 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1224 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1225 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1226 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1227 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1228 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1229 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1230 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1231 };
1232 
1233 /**
1234  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1235  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1236  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1237  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1238  *
1239  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1240  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1241  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1242  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1243  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1244  */
1245 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1246 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1247 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1248 
1249 /**
1250  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1251  *
1252  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1253  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1254  *
1255  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1256  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1257  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1258  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1259  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1260  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1261  */
1262 enum rate_info_flags {
1263 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1264 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1265 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1266 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
1267 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1268 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
1269 };
1270 
1271 /**
1272  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1273  *
1274  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1275  *
1276  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1277  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1278  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1279  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1280  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1281  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1282  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1283  */
1284 enum rate_info_bw {
1285 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1286 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1287 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1288 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1289 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1290 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1291 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1292 };
1293 
1294 /**
1295  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1296  *
1297  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1298  *
1299  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1300  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1301  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1302  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1303  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1304  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1305  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1306  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1307  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1308  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1309  */
1310 struct rate_info {
1311 	u8 flags;
1312 	u8 mcs;
1313 	u16 legacy;
1314 	u8 nss;
1315 	u8 bw;
1316 	u8 he_gi;
1317 	u8 he_dcm;
1318 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1319 	u8 n_bonded_ch;
1320 };
1321 
1322 /**
1323  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1324  *
1325  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1326  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1327  *
1328  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1329  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1330  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1331  */
1332 enum bss_param_flags {
1333 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1334 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1335 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1336 };
1337 
1338 /**
1339  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1340  *
1341  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1342  *
1343  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1344  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1345  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1346  */
1347 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1348 	u8 flags;
1349 	u8 dtim_period;
1350 	u16 beacon_interval;
1351 };
1352 
1353 /**
1354  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1355  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1356  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1357  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1358  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1359  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1360  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1361  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1362  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1363  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1364  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1365  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1366  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1367  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1368  */
1369 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1370 	u32 filled;
1371 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1372 	u32 backlog_packets;
1373 	u32 flows;
1374 	u32 drops;
1375 	u32 ecn_marks;
1376 	u32 overlimit;
1377 	u32 overmemory;
1378 	u32 collisions;
1379 	u32 tx_bytes;
1380 	u32 tx_packets;
1381 	u32 max_flows;
1382 };
1383 
1384 /**
1385  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1386  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1387  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1388  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1389  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1390  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1391  *	transmitted MSDUs
1392  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1393  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1394  */
1395 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1396 	u32 filled;
1397 	u64 rx_msdu;
1398 	u64 tx_msdu;
1399 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1400 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1401 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1402 };
1403 
1404 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1405 
1406 /**
1407  * struct station_info - station information
1408  *
1409  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1410  *
1411  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1412  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1413  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1414  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1415  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1416  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1417  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1418  * @llid: mesh local link id
1419  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1420  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1421  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1422  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1423  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1424  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1425  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1426  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1427  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1428  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1429  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1430  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1431  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1432  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1433  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1434  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1435  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1436  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1437  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1438  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1439  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1440  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1441  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1442  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1443  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1444  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1445  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1446  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1447  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1448  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1449  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1450  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1451  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1452  *	towards this station.
1453  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1454  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1455  *	from this peer
1456  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1457  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1458  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1459  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1460  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1461  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1462  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1463  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1464  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1465  *	been sent.
1466  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1467  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1468  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1469  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1470  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1471  */
1472 struct station_info {
1473 	u64 filled;
1474 	u32 connected_time;
1475 	u32 inactive_time;
1476 	u64 assoc_at;
1477 	u64 rx_bytes;
1478 	u64 tx_bytes;
1479 	u16 llid;
1480 	u16 plid;
1481 	u8 plink_state;
1482 	s8 signal;
1483 	s8 signal_avg;
1484 
1485 	u8 chains;
1486 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1487 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1488 
1489 	struct rate_info txrate;
1490 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1491 	u32 rx_packets;
1492 	u32 tx_packets;
1493 	u32 tx_retries;
1494 	u32 tx_failed;
1495 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1496 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1497 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1498 
1499 	int generation;
1500 
1501 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1502 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1503 
1504 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1505 	s64 t_offset;
1506 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1507 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1508 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1509 
1510 	u32 expected_throughput;
1511 
1512 	u64 tx_duration;
1513 	u64 rx_duration;
1514 	u64 rx_beacon;
1515 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1516 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1517 
1518 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1519 	s8 ack_signal;
1520 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1521 
1522 	u16 airtime_weight;
1523 
1524 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1525 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1526 
1527 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1528 };
1529 
1530 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1531 /**
1532  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1533  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1534  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1535  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1536  *
1537  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1538  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1539  * considered undefined.
1540  */
1541 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1542 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1543 #else
cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,struct station_info * sinfo)1544 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1545 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1546 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1547 {
1548 	return -ENOENT;
1549 }
1550 #endif
1551 
1552 /**
1553  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1554  *
1555  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1556  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1557  *
1558  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1559  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1560  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1561  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1562  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1563  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1564  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1565  */
1566 enum monitor_flags {
1567 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1568 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1569 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1570 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1571 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1572 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1573 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1574 };
1575 
1576 /**
1577  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1578  *
1579  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1580  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1581  *
1582  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1583  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1584  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1585  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1586  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1587  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1588  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1589  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1590  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1591  */
1592 enum mpath_info_flags {
1593 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1594 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1595 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1596 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1597 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1598 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1599 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1600 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1601 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1602 };
1603 
1604 /**
1605  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1606  *
1607  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1608  *
1609  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1610  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1611  * @sn: target sequence number
1612  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1613  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1614  * @flags: mesh path flags
1615  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1616  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1617  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1618  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1619  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1620  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1621  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1622  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1623  */
1624 struct mpath_info {
1625 	u32 filled;
1626 	u32 frame_qlen;
1627 	u32 sn;
1628 	u32 metric;
1629 	u32 exptime;
1630 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1631 	u8 discovery_retries;
1632 	u8 flags;
1633 	u8 hop_count;
1634 	u32 path_change_count;
1635 
1636 	int generation;
1637 };
1638 
1639 /**
1640  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1641  *
1642  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1643  *
1644  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1645  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1646  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1647  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1648  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1649  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1650  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1651  *	(or NULL for no change)
1652  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1653  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1654  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1655  * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1656  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1657  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1658  */
1659 struct bss_parameters {
1660 	int use_cts_prot;
1661 	int use_short_preamble;
1662 	int use_short_slot_time;
1663 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1664 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1665 	int ap_isolate;
1666 	int ht_opmode;
1667 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1668 };
1669 
1670 /**
1671  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1672  *
1673  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1674  *
1675  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1676  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1677  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1678  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1679  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1680  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1681  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1682  *	mesh interface
1683  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1684  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1685  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1686  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1687  *	elements
1688  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1689  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1690  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1691  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1692  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1693  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1694  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1695  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1696  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1697  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1698  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1699  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1700  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1701  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1702  *	element
1703  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1704  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1705  *	element
1706  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1707  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1708  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1709  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1710  *	announcements are transmitted
1711  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1712  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1713  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1714  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1715  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1716  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1717  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1718  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1719  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1720  *	station to establish a peer link
1721  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1722  *
1723  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1724  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1725  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1726  *
1727  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1728  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1729  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1730  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1731  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1732  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1733  *	setting for new peer links.
1734  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1735  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1736  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1737  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1738  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1739  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1740  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1741  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1742  *      in the mesh path table
1743  */
1744 struct mesh_config {
1745 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1746 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1747 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1748 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1749 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1750 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1751 	u8 element_ttl;
1752 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1753 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1754 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1755 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1756 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1757 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1758 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1759 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1760 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1761 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1762 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1763 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1764 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1765 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1766 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1767 	u16 ht_opmode;
1768 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1769 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1770 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1771 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1772 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1773 	u32 plink_timeout;
1774 };
1775 
1776 /**
1777  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1778  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1779  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1780  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1781  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1782  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1783  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1784  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1785  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1786  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1787  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1788  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1789  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1790  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1791  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1792  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1793  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1794  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1795  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1796  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1797  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1798  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1799  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1800  *
1801  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1802  */
1803 struct mesh_setup {
1804 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1805 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1806 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1807 	u8 sync_method;
1808 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1809 	u8 path_metric;
1810 	u8 auth_id;
1811 	const u8 *ie;
1812 	u8 ie_len;
1813 	bool is_authenticated;
1814 	bool is_secure;
1815 	bool user_mpm;
1816 	u8 dtim_period;
1817 	u16 beacon_interval;
1818 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1819 	u32 basic_rates;
1820 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1821 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1822 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1823 };
1824 
1825 /**
1826  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1827  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1828  *
1829  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1830  */
1831 struct ocb_setup {
1832 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1833 };
1834 
1835 /**
1836  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1837  * @ac: AC identifier
1838  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1839  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1840  *	1..32767]
1841  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1842  *	1..32767]
1843  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1844  */
1845 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1846 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1847 	u16 txop;
1848 	u16 cwmin;
1849 	u16 cwmax;
1850 	u8 aifs;
1851 };
1852 
1853 /**
1854  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1855  *
1856  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1857  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1858  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1859  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1860  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1861  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1862  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1863  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1864  * in the wiphy structure.
1865  *
1866  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1867  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1868  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1869  *
1870  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1871  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1872  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1873  * to userspace.
1874  */
1875 
1876 /**
1877  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1878  * @ssid: the SSID
1879  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1880  */
1881 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1882 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1883 	u8 ssid_len;
1884 };
1885 
1886 /**
1887  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1888  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1889  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1890  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1891  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1892  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1893  *	userspace will be notified of that
1894  */
1895 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1896 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1897 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1898 	bool aborted;
1899 };
1900 
1901 /**
1902  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1903  *
1904  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1905  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1906  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1907  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1908  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1909  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1910  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1911  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1912  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1913  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1914  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1915  *	%duration field.
1916  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1917  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1918  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1919  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1920  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1921  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1922  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1923  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1924  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1925  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1926  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1927  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1928  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1929  */
1930 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1931 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1932 	int n_ssids;
1933 	u32 n_channels;
1934 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1935 	const u8 *ie;
1936 	size_t ie_len;
1937 	u16 duration;
1938 	bool duration_mandatory;
1939 	u32 flags;
1940 
1941 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1942 
1943 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1944 
1945 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1946 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1947 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1948 
1949 	/* internal */
1950 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1951 	unsigned long scan_start;
1952 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1953 	bool notified;
1954 	bool no_cck;
1955 
1956 	/* keep last */
1957 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1958 };
1959 
get_random_mask_addr(u8 * buf,const u8 * addr,const u8 * mask)1960 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1961 {
1962 	int i;
1963 
1964 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1965 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1966 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1967 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1968 	}
1969 }
1970 
1971 /**
1972  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1973  *
1974  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1975  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1976  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1977  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1978  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1979  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1980  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1981  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1982  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1983  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1984  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1985  *	corresponding matchset.
1986  */
1987 struct cfg80211_match_set {
1988 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1989 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1990 	s32 rssi_thold;
1991 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1992 };
1993 
1994 /**
1995  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1996  *
1997  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1998  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1999  *	infinite loop.
2000  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2001  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2002  */
2003 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2004 	u32 interval;
2005 	u32 iterations;
2006 };
2007 
2008 /**
2009  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2010  *
2011  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2012  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2013  */
2014 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2015 	enum nl80211_band band;
2016 	s8 delta;
2017 };
2018 
2019 /**
2020  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2021  *
2022  * @reqid: identifies this request.
2023  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2024  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2025  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2026  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2027  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2028  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2029  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2030  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2031  * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2032  * 	(others are filtered out).
2033  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
2034  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2035  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2036  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2037  * @dev: the interface
2038  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2039  * @channels: channels to scan
2040  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2041  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
2042  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2043  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2044  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2045  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2046  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2047  *	index must be executed first.
2048  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2049  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2050  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2051  *	owned by a particular socket)
2052  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2053  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2054  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2055  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2056  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2057  *	supported.
2058  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2059  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2060  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2061  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2062  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2063  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2064  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2065  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2066  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2067  *	comparisions.
2068  */
2069 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2070 	u64 reqid;
2071 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2072 	int n_ssids;
2073 	u32 n_channels;
2074 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2075 	const u8 *ie;
2076 	size_t ie_len;
2077 	u32 flags;
2078 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2079 	int n_match_sets;
2080 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
2081 	u32 delay;
2082 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2083 	int n_scan_plans;
2084 
2085 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2086 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2087 
2088 	bool relative_rssi_set;
2089 	s8 relative_rssi;
2090 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2091 
2092 	/* internal */
2093 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2094 	struct net_device *dev;
2095 	unsigned long scan_start;
2096 	bool report_results;
2097 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2098 	u32 owner_nlportid;
2099 	bool nl_owner_dead;
2100 	struct list_head list;
2101 
2102 	/* keep last */
2103 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2104 };
2105 
2106 /**
2107  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2108  *
2109  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2110  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2111  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2112  */
2113 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2114 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2115 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2116 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2117 };
2118 
2119 /**
2120  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2121  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2122  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2123  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2124  *	signal type
2125  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2126  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2127  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2128  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2129  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2130  *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2131  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2132  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2133  *	by %parent_bssid.
2134  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2135  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2136  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2137  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2138  */
2139 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2140 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2141 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2142 	s32 signal;
2143 	u64 boottime_ns;
2144 	u64 parent_tsf;
2145 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2146 	u8 chains;
2147 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2148 };
2149 
2150 /**
2151  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2152  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2153  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2154  * @len: length of the IEs
2155  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2156  * @data: IE data
2157  */
2158 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2159 	u64 tsf;
2160 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2161 	int len;
2162 	bool from_beacon;
2163 	u8 data[];
2164 };
2165 
2166 /**
2167  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2168  *
2169  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2170  * for use in scan results and similar.
2171  *
2172  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2173  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2174  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2175  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2176  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2177  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2178  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2179  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2180  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2181  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2182  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2183  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2184  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2185  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2186  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2187  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2188  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2189  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2190  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2191  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2192  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2193  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2194  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2195  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2196  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2197  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2198  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2199  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2200  */
2201 struct cfg80211_bss {
2202 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2203 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2204 
2205 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2206 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2207 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2208 
2209 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2210 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2211 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2212 
2213 	s32 signal;
2214 
2215 	u16 beacon_interval;
2216 	u16 capability;
2217 
2218 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2219 	u8 chains;
2220 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2221 
2222 	u8 bssid_index;
2223 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2224 
2225 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2226 };
2227 
2228 /**
2229  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2230  * @bss: the bss to search
2231  * @id: the element ID
2232  *
2233  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2234  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2235  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2236  */
2237 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2238 
2239 /**
2240  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2241  * @bss: the bss to search
2242  * @id: the element ID
2243  *
2244  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2245  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2246  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2247  */
ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss * bss,u8 id)2248 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2249 {
2250 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2251 }
2252 
2253 
2254 /**
2255  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2256  *
2257  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2258  * authentication.
2259  *
2260  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2261  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2262  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2263  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2264  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2265  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2266  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2267  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2268  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2269  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2270  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2271  *	transaction sequence number field.
2272  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2273  */
2274 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2275 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2276 	const u8 *ie;
2277 	size_t ie_len;
2278 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2279 	const u8 *key;
2280 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2281 	const u8 *auth_data;
2282 	size_t auth_data_len;
2283 };
2284 
2285 /**
2286  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2287  *
2288  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2289  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2290  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2291  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2292  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2293  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2294  *	request (connect callback).
2295  */
2296 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2297 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2298 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2299 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2300 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2301 };
2302 
2303 /**
2304  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2305  *
2306  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2307  * (re)association.
2308  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2309  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2310  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2311  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2312  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2313  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2314  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2315  * @crypto: crypto settings
2316  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2317  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2318  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2319  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2320  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2321  *	frame.
2322  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2323  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2324  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2325  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2326  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2327  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2328  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2329  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2330  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2331  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2332  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2333  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2334  */
2335 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2336 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2337 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2338 	size_t ie_len;
2339 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2340 	bool use_mfp;
2341 	u32 flags;
2342 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2343 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2344 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2345 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2346 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2347 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2348 };
2349 
2350 /**
2351  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2352  *
2353  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2354  * deauthentication.
2355  *
2356  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2357  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2358  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2359  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2360  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2361  *	do not set a deauth frame
2362  */
2363 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2364 	const u8 *bssid;
2365 	const u8 *ie;
2366 	size_t ie_len;
2367 	u16 reason_code;
2368 	bool local_state_change;
2369 };
2370 
2371 /**
2372  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2373  *
2374  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2375  * disassociation.
2376  *
2377  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2378  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2379  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2380  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2381  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2382  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2383  */
2384 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2385 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2386 	const u8 *ie;
2387 	size_t ie_len;
2388 	u16 reason_code;
2389 	bool local_state_change;
2390 };
2391 
2392 /**
2393  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2394  *
2395  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2396  * method.
2397  *
2398  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2399  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2400  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2401  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2402  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2403  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2404  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2405  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2406  * @ie_len: length of that
2407  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2408  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2409  *	after joining
2410  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2411  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2412  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2413  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2414  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2415  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2416  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2417  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2418  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2419  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2420  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2421  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2422  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2423  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2424  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2425  * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2426  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2427  */
2428 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2429 	const u8 *ssid;
2430 	const u8 *bssid;
2431 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2432 	const u8 *ie;
2433 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2434 	u16 beacon_interval;
2435 	u32 basic_rates;
2436 	bool channel_fixed;
2437 	bool privacy;
2438 	bool control_port;
2439 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2440 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2441 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2442 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2443 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2444 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2445 	int wep_tx_key;
2446 };
2447 
2448 /**
2449  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2450  *
2451  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2452  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2453  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2454  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2455  */
2456 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2457 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2458 	union {
2459 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2460 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2461 	} param;
2462 };
2463 
2464 /**
2465  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2466  *
2467  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2468  * authentication and association.
2469  *
2470  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2471  *	on scan results)
2472  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2473  *	%NULL if not specified
2474  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2475  *	results)
2476  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2477  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2478  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2479  *	to use.
2480  * @ssid: SSID
2481  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2482  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2483  * @ie: IEs for association request
2484  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2485  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2486  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2487  * @crypto: crypto settings
2488  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2489  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2490  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2491  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2492  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2493  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2494  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2495  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2496  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2497  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2498  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2499  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2500  *	networks.
2501  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2502  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2503  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2504  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2505  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2506  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2507  *	frame.
2508  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2509  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2510  *	data IE.
2511  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2512  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2513  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2514  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2515  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2516  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2517  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2518  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2519  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2520  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2521  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2522  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2523  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2524  *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2525  *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2526  */
2527 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2528 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2529 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2530 	const u8 *bssid;
2531 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2532 	const u8 *ssid;
2533 	size_t ssid_len;
2534 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2535 	const u8 *ie;
2536 	size_t ie_len;
2537 	bool privacy;
2538 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2539 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2540 	const u8 *key;
2541 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2542 	u32 flags;
2543 	int bg_scan_period;
2544 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2545 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2546 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2547 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2548 	bool pbss;
2549 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2550 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2551 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2552 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2553 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2554 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2555 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2556 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2557 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2558 	bool want_1x;
2559 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2560 };
2561 
2562 /**
2563  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2564  *
2565  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2566  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2567  *
2568  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2569  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2570  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2571  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2572  */
2573 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2574 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2575 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2576 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2577 };
2578 
2579 /**
2580  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2581  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2582  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2583  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2584  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2585  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2586  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2587  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2588  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2589  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2590  */
2591 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2592 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2593 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2594 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2595 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2596 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2597 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2598 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2599 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2600 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2601 };
2602 
2603 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2604 
2605 /**
2606  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2607  *
2608  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2609  * caching.
2610  *
2611  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2612  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2613  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2614  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2615  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2616  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2617  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2618  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2619  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2620  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2621  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2622  *	%NULL).
2623  */
2624 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2625 	const u8 *bssid;
2626 	const u8 *pmkid;
2627 	const u8 *pmk;
2628 	size_t pmk_len;
2629 	const u8 *ssid;
2630 	size_t ssid_len;
2631 	const u8 *cache_id;
2632 };
2633 
2634 /**
2635  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2636  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2637  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2638  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2639  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2640  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2641  *
2642  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2643  * memory, free @mask only!
2644  */
2645 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2646 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2647 	int pattern_len;
2648 	int pkt_offset;
2649 };
2650 
2651 /**
2652  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2653  *
2654  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2655  * @src: source IP address
2656  * @dst: destination IP address
2657  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2658  * @src_port: source port
2659  * @dst_port: destination port
2660  * @payload_len: data payload length
2661  * @payload: data payload buffer
2662  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2663  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2664  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2665  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2666  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2667  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2668  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2669  */
2670 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2671 	struct socket *sock;
2672 	__be32 src, dst;
2673 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2674 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2675 	int payload_len;
2676 	const u8 *payload;
2677 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2678 	u32 data_interval;
2679 	u32 wake_len;
2680 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2681 	u32 tokens_size;
2682 	/* must be last, variable member */
2683 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2684 };
2685 
2686 /**
2687  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2688  *
2689  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2690  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2691  *	operating as normal during suspend
2692  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2693  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2694  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2695  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2696  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2697  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2698  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2699  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2700  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2701  *	NULL if not configured.
2702  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2703  */
2704 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2705 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2706 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2707 	     rfkill_release;
2708 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2709 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2710 	int n_patterns;
2711 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2712 };
2713 
2714 /**
2715  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2716  *
2717  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2718  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2719  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2720  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2721  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2722  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2723  */
2724 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2725 	int delay;
2726 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2727 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2728 	int n_patterns;
2729 };
2730 
2731 /**
2732  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2733  *
2734  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2735  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2736  * @n_rules: number of rules
2737  */
2738 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2739 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2740 	int n_rules;
2741 };
2742 
2743 /**
2744  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2745  *
2746  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2747  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2748  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2749  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2750  *	occurred (in MHz)
2751  */
2752 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2753 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2754 	int n_channels;
2755 	u32 channels[];
2756 };
2757 
2758 /**
2759  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2760  *
2761  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2762  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2763  *	match information.
2764  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2765  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2766  */
2767 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2768 	int n_matches;
2769 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2770 };
2771 
2772 /**
2773  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2774  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2775  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2776  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2777  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2778  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2779  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2780  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2781  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2782  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2783  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2784  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2785  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2786  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2787  *	it is.
2788  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2789  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2790  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2791  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2792  */
2793 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2794 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2795 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2796 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2797 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2798 	s32 pattern_idx;
2799 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2800 	const void *packet;
2801 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2802 };
2803 
2804 /**
2805  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2806  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2807  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2808  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2809  */
2810 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2811 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2812 };
2813 
2814 /**
2815  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2816  *
2817  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2818  *
2819  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2820  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2821  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2822  */
2823 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2824 	u16 md;
2825 	const u8 *ie;
2826 	size_t ie_len;
2827 };
2828 
2829 /**
2830  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2831  *
2832  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2833  *
2834  * @chan: channel to use
2835  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2836  * @wait: duration for ROC
2837  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2838  * @len: buffer length
2839  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2840  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2841  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2842  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2843  */
2844 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2845 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2846 	bool offchan;
2847 	unsigned int wait;
2848 	const u8 *buf;
2849 	size_t len;
2850 	bool no_cck;
2851 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2852 	int n_csa_offsets;
2853 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2854 };
2855 
2856 /**
2857  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2858  *
2859  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2860  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2861  */
2862 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2863 	u8 dscp;
2864 	u8 up;
2865 };
2866 
2867 /**
2868  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2869  *
2870  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2871  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2872  */
2873 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2874 	u8 low;
2875 	u8 high;
2876 };
2877 
2878 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2879 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2880 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2881 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2882 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2883 
2884 /**
2885  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2886  *
2887  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2888  *
2889  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2890  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2891  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2892  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2893  */
2894 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2895 	u8 num_des;
2896 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2897 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2898 };
2899 
2900 /**
2901  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2902  *
2903  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2904  *
2905  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2906  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2907  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2908  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2909  */
2910 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2911 	u8 master_pref;
2912 	u8 bands;
2913 };
2914 
2915 /**
2916  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2917  * configuration
2918  *
2919  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2920  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2921  */
2922 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2923 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2924 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2925 };
2926 
2927 /**
2928  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2929  *
2930  * @filter: the content of the filter
2931  * @len: the length of the filter
2932  */
2933 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2934 	const u8 *filter;
2935 	u8 len;
2936 };
2937 
2938 /**
2939  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2940  *
2941  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2942  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2943  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2944  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2945  *	implementation specific.
2946  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2947  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2948  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2949  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2950  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2951  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2952  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2953  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2954  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2955  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2956  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2957  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2958  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2959  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2960  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2961  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2962  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2963  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2964  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2965  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2966  */
2967 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2968 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2969 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2970 	u8 publish_type;
2971 	bool close_range;
2972 	bool publish_bcast;
2973 	bool subscribe_active;
2974 	u8 followup_id;
2975 	u8 followup_reqid;
2976 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
2977 	u32 ttl;
2978 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2979 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2980 	bool srf_include;
2981 	const u8 *srf_bf;
2982 	u8 srf_bf_len;
2983 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
2984 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2985 	int srf_num_macs;
2986 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2987 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2988 	u8 num_tx_filters;
2989 	u8 num_rx_filters;
2990 	u8 instance_id;
2991 	u64 cookie;
2992 };
2993 
2994 /**
2995  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2996  *
2997  * @aa: authenticator address
2998  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2999  * @pmk: the PMK material
3000  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3001  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3002  *	holds PMK-R0.
3003  */
3004 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3005 	const u8 *aa;
3006 	u8 pmk_len;
3007 	const u8 *pmk;
3008 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3009 };
3010 
3011 /**
3012  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3013  *
3014  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3015  *
3016  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3017  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3018  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3019  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3020  *	authentication response command interface.
3021  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3022  *	authentication response command interface.
3023  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3024  *	authentication request event interface.
3025  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3026  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3027  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3028  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
3029  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3030  */
3031 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3032 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3033 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3034 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3035 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3036 	u16 status;
3037 	const u8 *pmkid;
3038 };
3039 
3040 /**
3041  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3042  *
3043  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3044  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3045  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3046  *	answered
3047  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3048  *	successfully answered
3049  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3050  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3051  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3052  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3053  *	of how much time the responder was busy
3054  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3055  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3056  *	the responder
3057  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3058  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3059  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3060  */
3061 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3062 	u32 filled;
3063 	u32 success_num;
3064 	u32 partial_num;
3065 	u32 failed_num;
3066 	u32 asap_num;
3067 	u32 non_asap_num;
3068 	u64 total_duration_ms;
3069 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3070 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3071 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3072 };
3073 
3074 /**
3075  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3076  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3077  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3078  *	reason than just "failure"
3079  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3080  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3081  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3082  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3083  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3084  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3085  *	by the responder
3086  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3087  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3088  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3089  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3090  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3091  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3092  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3093  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3094  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3095  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3096  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3097  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3098  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3099  *	the square root of the variance)
3100  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3101  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3102  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3103  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3104  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3105  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3106  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3107  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3108  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3109  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3110  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3111  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3112  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3113  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3114  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3115  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3116  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3117  */
3118 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3119 	const u8 *lci;
3120 	const u8 *civicloc;
3121 	unsigned int lci_len;
3122 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3123 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3124 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3125 	s16 burst_index;
3126 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3127 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3128 	u8 burst_duration;
3129 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3130 	s32 rssi_avg;
3131 	s32 rssi_spread;
3132 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3133 	s64 rtt_avg;
3134 	s64 rtt_variance;
3135 	s64 rtt_spread;
3136 	s64 dist_avg;
3137 	s64 dist_variance;
3138 	s64 dist_spread;
3139 
3140 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3141 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3142 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3143 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3144 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3145 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3146 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3147 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3148 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3149 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3150 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3151 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3152 };
3153 
3154 /**
3155  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3156  * @addr: address of the peer
3157  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3158  *	measurement was made)
3159  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3160  * @status: status of the measurement
3161  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3162  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3163  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3164  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3165  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3166  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3167  */
3168 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3169 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3170 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3171 
3172 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3173 
3174 	u8 final:1,
3175 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3176 
3177 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3178 
3179 	union {
3180 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3181 	};
3182 };
3183 
3184 /**
3185  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3186  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3187  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3188  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3189  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3190  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3191  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3192  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3193  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3194  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3195  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3196  *
3197  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3198  */
3199 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3200 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3201 	u16 burst_period;
3202 	u8 requested:1,
3203 	   asap:1,
3204 	   request_lci:1,
3205 	   request_civicloc:1;
3206 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3207 	u8 burst_duration;
3208 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3209 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3210 };
3211 
3212 /**
3213  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3214  * @addr: MAC address
3215  * @chandef: channel to use
3216  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3217  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3218  */
3219 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3220 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3221 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3222 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3223 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3224 };
3225 
3226 /**
3227  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3228  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3229  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3230  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3231  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3232  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3233  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3234  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3235  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3236  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3237  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3238  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3239  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3240  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3241  */
3242 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3243 	u64 cookie;
3244 	void *drv_data;
3245 	u32 n_peers;
3246 	u32 nl_portid;
3247 
3248 	u32 timeout;
3249 
3250 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3251 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3252 
3253 	struct list_head list;
3254 
3255 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3256 };
3257 
3258 /**
3259  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3260  *
3261  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3262  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3263  *
3264  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3265  *
3266  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3267  *	has to be done.
3268  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3269  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3270  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3271  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3272  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3273  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3274  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3275  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3276  */
3277 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3278 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3279 	u16 status;
3280 	const u8 *ie;
3281 	size_t ie_len;
3282 };
3283 
3284 /**
3285  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3286  *
3287  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3288  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3289  *
3290  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3291  * on success or a negative error code.
3292  *
3293  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3294  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3295  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3296  *
3297  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3298  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3299  *	configured for the device.
3300  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3301  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3302  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3303  *	the device.
3304  *
3305  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3306  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3307  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3308  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3309  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3310  *
3311  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3312  *
3313  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3314  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3315  *
3316  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3317  *	when adding a group key.
3318  *
3319  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3320  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3321  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3322  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3323  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3324  *
3325  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3326  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3327  *
3328  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3329  *
3330  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3331  *
3332  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3333  *
3334  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3335  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3336  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3337  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3338  *
3339  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3340  * @del_station: Remove a station
3341  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3342  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3343  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3344  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3345  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3346  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3347  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3348  *
3349  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3350  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3351  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3352  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3353  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3354  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3355  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3356  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3357  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3358  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3359  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3360  *
3361  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3362  *
3363  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3364  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3365  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3366  *
3367  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3368  *
3369  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3370  *
3371  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3372  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3373  *	join the mesh instead.
3374  *
3375  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3376  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3377  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3378  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3379  *
3380  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3381  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3382  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3383  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3384  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3385  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3386  *
3387  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3388  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3389  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3390  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3391  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3392  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3393  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3394  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3395  *
3396  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3397  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3398  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3399  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3400  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3401  *	was received.
3402  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3403  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3404  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3405  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3406  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3407  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3408  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3409  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3410  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3411  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3412  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3413  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3414  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3415  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3416  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3417  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3418  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3419  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3420  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3421  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3422  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3423  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3424  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3425  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3426  *
3427  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3428  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3429  *	to a merge.
3430  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3431  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3432  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3433  *
3434  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3435  *	MESH mode)
3436  *
3437  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3438  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3439  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3440  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3441  *
3442  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3443  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3444  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3445  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3446  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3447  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3448  *	return 0 if successful
3449  *
3450  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3451  *
3452  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3453  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3454  *
3455  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3456  *
3457  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3458  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3459  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3460  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3461  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3462  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3463  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3464  *	the duration value.
3465  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3466  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3467  *	frame on another channel
3468  *
3469  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3470  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3471  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3472  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3473  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3474  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3475  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3476  *
3477  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3478  *
3479  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3480  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3481  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3482  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3483  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3484  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3485  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3486  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3487  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3488  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3489  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3490  *	disabled.)
3491  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3492  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3493  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3494  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3495  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3496  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3497  *	thresholds.
3498  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3499  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3500  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3501  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3502  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3503  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3504  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3505  *
3506  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3507  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3508  *
3509  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3510  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3511  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3512  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3513  *
3514  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3515  *
3516  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3517  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3518  *
3519  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3520  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3521  *
3522  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3523  *
3524  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3525  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3526  *	current monitoring channel.
3527  *
3528  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3529  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3530  *
3531  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3532  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3533  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3534  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3535  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3536  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3537  *
3538  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3539  *
3540  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3541  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3542  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3543  *
3544  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3545  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3546  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3547  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3548  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3549  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3550  *
3551  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3552  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3553  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3554  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3555  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3556  *	as soon as possible.
3557  *
3558  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3559  *
3560  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3561  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3562  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3563  *
3564  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3565  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3566  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3567  *	account.
3568  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3569  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3570  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3571  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3572  *	rejected)
3573  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3574  *
3575  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3576  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3577  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3578  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3579  *
3580  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3581  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3582  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3583  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3584  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3585  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3586  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3587  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3588  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3589  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3590  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3591  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3592  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3593  *	provided @nan_func.
3594  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3595  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3596  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3597  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3598  *
3599  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3600  *
3601  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3602  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3603  *
3604  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3605  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3606  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3607  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3608  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3609  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3610  *
3611  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3612  *     user space
3613  *
3614  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3615  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3616  *
3617  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3618  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3619  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3620  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3621  *
3622  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3623  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3624  *	DH IE through this interface.
3625  *
3626  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3627  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3628  */
3629 struct cfg80211_ops {
3630 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3631 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3632 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3633 
3634 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3635 						  const char *name,
3636 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3637 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3638 						  struct vif_params *params);
3639 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3640 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3641 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3642 				       struct net_device *dev,
3643 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3644 				       struct vif_params *params);
3645 
3646 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3647 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3648 			   struct key_params *params);
3649 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3650 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3651 			   void *cookie,
3652 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3653 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3654 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3655 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3656 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3657 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3658 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3659 					struct net_device *netdev,
3660 					u8 key_index);
3661 
3662 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3663 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3664 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3665 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3666 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3667 
3668 
3669 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3670 			       const u8 *mac,
3671 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3672 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3673 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3674 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3675 				  const u8 *mac,
3676 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3677 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3678 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3679 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3680 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3681 
3682 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3683 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3684 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3685 			       const u8 *dst);
3686 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3687 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3688 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3689 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3690 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3691 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3692 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3693 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3694 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3695 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3696 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3697 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3698 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3699 				struct net_device *dev,
3700 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3701 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3702 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3703 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3704 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3705 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3706 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3707 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3708 
3709 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3710 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3711 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3712 
3713 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3714 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3715 
3716 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3718 
3719 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3720 					     struct net_device *dev,
3721 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3722 
3723 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3724 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3725 
3726 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3727 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3728 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3729 
3730 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3731 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3732 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3733 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3734 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3735 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3736 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3737 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3738 
3739 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3740 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3741 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3742 					 struct net_device *dev,
3743 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3744 					 u32 changed);
3745 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3746 			      u16 reason_code);
3747 
3748 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3749 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3750 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3751 
3752 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3753 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3754 
3755 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3756 
3757 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3758 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3759 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3760 				int *dbm);
3761 
3762 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3763 				const u8 *addr);
3764 
3765 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3766 
3767 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3768 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3769 				void *data, int len);
3770 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3771 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3772 				 void *data, int len);
3773 #endif
3774 
3775 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3776 				    struct net_device *dev,
3777 				    const u8 *peer,
3778 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3779 
3780 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3781 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3782 
3783 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3784 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3785 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3786 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3787 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3788 
3789 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3790 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3791 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3792 				     unsigned int duration,
3793 				     u64 *cookie);
3794 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3795 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3796 					    u64 cookie);
3797 
3798 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3799 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3800 			   u64 *cookie);
3801 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3802 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3803 				       u64 cookie);
3804 
3805 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3806 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3807 
3808 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3809 				       struct net_device *dev,
3810 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3811 
3812 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3813 					     struct net_device *dev,
3814 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3815 
3816 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3817 				      struct net_device *dev,
3818 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3819 
3820 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3821 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3822 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3823 
3824 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3825 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3826 
3827 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3828 				struct net_device *dev,
3829 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3830 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3831 				   u64 reqid);
3832 
3833 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3834 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3835 
3836 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3837 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3838 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3839 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3840 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3841 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3842 
3843 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3844 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3845 
3846 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3847 				  struct net_device *dev,
3848 				  u16 noack_map);
3849 
3850 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3851 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3852 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3853 
3854 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3855 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3856 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3857 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3858 
3859 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3860 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3861 
3862 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3863 					 struct net_device *dev,
3864 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3865 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3866 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3867 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3868 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3869 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3870 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3871 				    u16 duration);
3872 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3873 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3874 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3875 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3876 
3877 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3878 				  struct net_device *dev,
3879 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3880 
3881 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3882 			       struct net_device *dev,
3883 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3884 
3885 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3886 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3887 
3888 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3889 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3890 			     u16 admitted_time);
3891 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3892 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3893 
3894 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3895 				       struct net_device *dev,
3896 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3897 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3898 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3899 					      struct net_device *dev,
3900 					      const u8 *addr);
3901 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3902 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3903 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3904 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3905 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3906 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3907 			       u64 cookie);
3908 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3909 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3910 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3911 				   u32 changes);
3912 
3913 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 					    struct net_device *dev,
3915 					    const bool enabled);
3916 
3917 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3918 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3919 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3920 
3921 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3922 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3923 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3924 			   const u8 *aa);
3925 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3926 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3927 
3928 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3929 				   struct net_device *dev,
3930 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3931 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3932 				   const bool noencrypt);
3933 
3934 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3935 				struct net_device *dev,
3936 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3937 
3938 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3939 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3940 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3941 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3942 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3943 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3944 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3945 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3946 };
3947 
3948 /*
3949  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3950  * and registration/helper functions
3951  */
3952 
3953 /**
3954  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3955  *
3956  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3957  *	wiphy at all
3958  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3959  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3960  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3961  *	reason to override the default
3962  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3963  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3964  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3965  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3966  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3967  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3968  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3969  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3970  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3971  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3972  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3973  *	firmware.
3974  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3975  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3976  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3977  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3978  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3979  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3980  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3981  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3982  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3983  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3984  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3985  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3986  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3987  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3988  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3989  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3990  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3991  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3992  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3993  *	before connection.
3994  */
3995 enum wiphy_flags {
3996 	/* use hole at 0 */
3997 	/* use hole at 1 */
3998 	/* use hole at 2 */
3999 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
4000 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
4001 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
4002 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
4003 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
4004 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
4005 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
4006 	/* use hole at 11 */
4007 	/* use hole at 12 */
4008 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
4009 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
4010 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
4011 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
4012 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
4013 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
4014 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
4015 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
4016 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
4017 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
4018 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
4019 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
4020 };
4021 
4022 /**
4023  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4024  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4025  * @types: interface types (bits)
4026  */
4027 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4028 	u16 max;
4029 	u16 types;
4030 };
4031 
4032 /**
4033  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4034  *
4035  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4036  * combinations it supports concurrently.
4037  *
4038  * Examples:
4039  *
4040  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4041  *
4042  *    .. code-block:: c
4043  *
4044  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4045  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4046  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4047  *	};
4048  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4049  *		.limits = limits1,
4050  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4051  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
4052  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4053  *	};
4054  *
4055  *
4056  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4057  *
4058  *    .. code-block:: c
4059  *
4060  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4061  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4062  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4063  *	};
4064  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4065  *		.limits = limits2,
4066  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4067  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
4068  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
4069  *	};
4070  *
4071  *
4072  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4073  *
4074  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4075  *
4076  *    .. code-block:: c
4077  *
4078  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4079  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4080  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4081  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4082  *	};
4083  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4084  *		.limits = limits3,
4085  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4086  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
4087  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
4088  *	};
4089  *
4090  */
4091 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4092 	/**
4093 	 * @limits:
4094 	 * limits for the given interface types
4095 	 */
4096 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4097 
4098 	/**
4099 	 * @num_different_channels:
4100 	 * can use up to this many different channels
4101 	 */
4102 	u32 num_different_channels;
4103 
4104 	/**
4105 	 * @max_interfaces:
4106 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4107 	 */
4108 	u16 max_interfaces;
4109 
4110 	/**
4111 	 * @n_limits:
4112 	 * number of limitations
4113 	 */
4114 	u8 n_limits;
4115 
4116 	/**
4117 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4118 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4119 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4120 	 */
4121 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4122 
4123 	/**
4124 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4125 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4126 	 */
4127 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4128 
4129 	/**
4130 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4131 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4132 	 */
4133 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4134 
4135 	/**
4136 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4137 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4138 	 *
4139 	 * = 0
4140 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4141 	 * > 0
4142 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4143 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4144 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4145 	 */
4146 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4147 };
4148 
4149 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4150 	u16 tx, rx;
4151 };
4152 
4153 /**
4154  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4155  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4156  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4157  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4158  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4159  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4160  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4161  *	(see nl80211.h)
4162  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4163  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4164  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4165  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4166  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4167  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4168  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4169  */
4170 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4171 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4172 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4173 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4174 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4175 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4176 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4177 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4178 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4179 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4180 };
4181 
4182 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4183 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4184 	u32 data_payload_max;
4185 	u32 data_interval_max;
4186 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4187 	bool seq;
4188 };
4189 
4190 /**
4191  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4192  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4193  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4194  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4195  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4196  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4197  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4198  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4199  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4200  *	scheduled scans.
4201  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4202  *	details.
4203  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4204  */
4205 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4206 	u32 flags;
4207 	int n_patterns;
4208 	int pattern_max_len;
4209 	int pattern_min_len;
4210 	int max_pkt_offset;
4211 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4212 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4213 };
4214 
4215 /**
4216  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4217  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4218  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4219  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4220  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4221  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4222  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4223  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4224  */
4225 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4226 	int n_rules;
4227 	int max_delay;
4228 	int n_patterns;
4229 	int pattern_max_len;
4230 	int pattern_min_len;
4231 	int max_pkt_offset;
4232 };
4233 
4234 /**
4235  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4236  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4237  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4238  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4239  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4240  */
4241 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4242 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4243 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4244 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4245 };
4246 
4247 /**
4248  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4249  *
4250  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4251  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4252  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4253  *
4254  */
4255 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4256 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4257 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4258 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4259 };
4260 
4261 /**
4262  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4263  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4264  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4265  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4266  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4267  */
4268 
4269 struct sta_opmode_info {
4270 	u32 changed;
4271 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4272 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4273 	u8 rx_nss;
4274 };
4275 
4276 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4277 
4278 /**
4279  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4280  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4281  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4282  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4283  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4284  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4285  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4286  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4287  *	dumpit calls.
4288  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4289  *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4290  *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4291  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4292  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4293  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4294  * are used with dump requests.
4295  */
4296 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4297 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4298 	u32 flags;
4299 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4300 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4301 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4302 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4303 		      unsigned long *storage);
4304 	const struct nla_policy *policy;
4305 	unsigned int maxattr;
4306 };
4307 
4308 /**
4309  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4310  * @iftype: interface type
4311  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4312  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4313  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4314  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4315  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4316  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4317  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4318  */
4319 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4320 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4321 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4322 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4323 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4324 };
4325 
4326 /**
4327  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4328  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4329  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4330  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4331  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4332  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4333  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4334  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4335  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4336  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4337  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4338  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4339  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4340  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4341  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4342  *	not limited)
4343  */
4344 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4345 	unsigned int max_peers;
4346 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4347 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4348 
4349 	struct {
4350 		u32 preambles;
4351 		u32 bandwidths;
4352 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4353 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4354 		u8 supported:1,
4355 		   asap:1,
4356 		   non_asap:1,
4357 		   request_lci:1,
4358 		   request_civicloc:1;
4359 	} ftm;
4360 };
4361 
4362 /**
4363  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4364  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4365  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4366  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4367  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4368  * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4369  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4370  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4371  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4372  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4373  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4374  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4375  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4376  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4377  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4378  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4379  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4380  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4381  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4382  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4383  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4384  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4385  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4386  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4387  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4388  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4389  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4390  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4391  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4392  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4393  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4394  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4395  *	unregister hardware
4396  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4397  *	automatically on wiphy renames
4398  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4399  * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4400  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4401  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4402  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4403  *	must be set by driver
4404  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4405  *	list single interface types.
4406  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4407  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4408  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4409  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4410  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4411  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4412  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4413  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4414  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4415  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4416  *	this variable determines its size
4417  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4418  *	any given scan
4419  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4420  *	the device can run concurrently.
4421  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4422  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4423  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4424  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4425  *	supported.
4426  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4427  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4428  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4429  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4430  *	scans
4431  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4432  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4433  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4434  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4435  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4436  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4437  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4438  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4439  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4440  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4441  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4442  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4443  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4444  *
4445  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4446  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4447  *	type
4448  *
4449  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4450  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4451  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4452  *
4453  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4454  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4455  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4456  *
4457  * @probe_resp_offload:
4458  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4459  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4460  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4461  *
4462  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4463  *	may request, if implemented.
4464  *
4465  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4466  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4467  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4468  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4469  *
4470  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4471  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4472  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4473  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4474  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4475  *
4476  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4477  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4478  *
4479  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4480  *	supports for ACL.
4481  *
4482  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4483  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4484  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4485  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4486  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4487  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4488  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4489  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4490  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4491  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4492  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4493  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4494  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4495  *
4496  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4497  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4498  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4499  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4500  *
4501  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4502  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4503  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4504  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4505  *
4506  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4507  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4508  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4509  *	infinite.
4510  * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4511  *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4512  *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4513  *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4514  *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4515  *	This value should be set in MHz.
4516  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4517  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4518  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4519  *
4520  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4521  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4522  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4523  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4524  *
4525  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4526  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4527  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4528  *
4529  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4530  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4531  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4532  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4533  *
4534  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4535  */
4536 struct wiphy {
4537 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4538 
4539 	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
4540 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4541 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4542 
4543 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4544 
4545 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4546 
4547 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4548 	int n_iface_combinations;
4549 	u16 software_iftypes;
4550 
4551 	u16 n_addresses;
4552 
4553 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4554 	u16 interface_modes;
4555 
4556 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4557 
4558 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4559 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4560 
4561 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4562 
4563 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4564 
4565 	int bss_priv_size;
4566 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4567 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4568 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4569 	u8 max_match_sets;
4570 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4571 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4572 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4573 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4574 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4575 
4576 	int n_cipher_suites;
4577 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4578 
4579 	int n_akm_suites;
4580 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4581 
4582 	u8 retry_short;
4583 	u8 retry_long;
4584 	u32 frag_threshold;
4585 	u32 rts_threshold;
4586 	u8 coverage_class;
4587 
4588 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4589 	u32 hw_version;
4590 
4591 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4592 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4593 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4594 #endif
4595 
4596 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4597 
4598 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4599 
4600 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4601 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4602 
4603 	/*
4604 	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4605 	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4606 	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4607 	 */
4608 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4609 
4610 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4611 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4612 
4613 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4614 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4615 
4616 	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4617 	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4618 	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4619 	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4620 	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4621 	const void *privid;
4622 
4623 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4624 
4625 	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4626 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4627 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4628 
4629 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4630 
4631 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4632 
4633 	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4634 	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4635 	struct device dev;
4636 
4637 	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4638 	bool registered;
4639 
4640 	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4641 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4642 
4643 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4644 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4645 
4646 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4647 
4648 	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4649 	possible_net_t _net;
4650 
4651 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4652 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4653 #endif
4654 
4655 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4656 
4657 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4658 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4659 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4660 
4661 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4662 
4663 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4664 	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4665 
4666 	u32 bss_select_support;
4667 
4668 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4669 
4670 	u32 txq_limit;
4671 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4672 	u32 txq_quantum;
4673 
4674 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4675 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4676 
4677 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4678 
4679 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4680 };
4681 
wiphy_net(struct wiphy * wiphy)4682 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4683 {
4684 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4685 }
4686 
wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct net * net)4687 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4688 {
4689 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4690 }
4691 
4692 /**
4693  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4694  *
4695  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4696  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4697  */
wiphy_priv(struct wiphy * wiphy)4698 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4699 {
4700 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4701 	return &wiphy->priv;
4702 }
4703 
4704 /**
4705  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4706  *
4707  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4708  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4709  */
priv_to_wiphy(void * priv)4710 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4711 {
4712 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4713 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4714 }
4715 
4716 /**
4717  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4718  *
4719  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4720  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4721  */
set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct device * dev)4722 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4723 {
4724 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4725 }
4726 
4727 /**
4728  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4729  *
4730  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4731  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4732  */
wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy)4733 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4734 {
4735 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4736 }
4737 
4738 /**
4739  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4740  *
4741  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4742  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4743  */
wiphy_name(const struct wiphy * wiphy)4744 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4745 {
4746 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4747 }
4748 
4749 /**
4750  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4751  *
4752  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4753  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4754  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4755  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4756  *
4757  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4758  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4759  *
4760  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4761  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4762  */
4763 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4764 			   const char *requested_name);
4765 
4766 /**
4767  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4768  *
4769  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4770  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4771  *
4772  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4773  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4774  *
4775  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4776  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4777  */
wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops * ops,int sizeof_priv)4778 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4779 				      int sizeof_priv)
4780 {
4781 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4782 }
4783 
4784 /**
4785  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4786  *
4787  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4788  *
4789  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4790  */
4791 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4792 
4793 /**
4794  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4795  *
4796  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4797  *
4798  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4799  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4800  * request that is being handled.
4801  */
4802 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4803 
4804 /**
4805  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4806  *
4807  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4808  */
4809 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4810 
4811 /* internal structs */
4812 struct cfg80211_conn;
4813 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4814 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4815 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4816 
4817 /**
4818  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4819  *
4820  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4821  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4822  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4823  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4824  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4825  *
4826  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4827  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4828  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4829  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4830  *
4831  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4832  * @iftype: interface type
4833  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4834  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4835  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4836  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4837  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4838  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4839  *	the user-set channel definition.
4840  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4841  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4842  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4843  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4844  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4845  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4846  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4847  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4848  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4849  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4850  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4851  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4852  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4853  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4854  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4855  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4856  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4857  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4858  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4859  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4860  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4861  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4862  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4863  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4864  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4865  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4866  *	and some API functions require it held
4867  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4868  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4869  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4870  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4871  *	the P2P Device.
4872  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4873  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4874  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4875  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4876  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4877  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4878  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4879  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4880  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4881  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4882  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4883  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4884  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4885  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4886  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4887  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4888  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4889  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4890  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4891  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4892  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4893  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4894  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4895  */
4896 struct wireless_dev {
4897 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
4898 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4899 
4900 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4901 	struct list_head list;
4902 	struct net_device *netdev;
4903 
4904 	u32 identifier;
4905 
4906 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4907 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4908 
4909 	struct mutex mtx;
4910 
4911 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4912 
4913 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4914 
4915 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4916 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4917 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4918 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4919 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4920 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4921 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4922 
4923 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4924 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4925 
4926 	struct list_head event_list;
4927 	spinlock_t event_lock;
4928 
4929 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4930 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4931 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4932 
4933 	bool ibss_fixed;
4934 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4935 
4936 	bool ps;
4937 	int ps_timeout;
4938 
4939 	int beacon_interval;
4940 
4941 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4942 
4943 	u32 owner_nlportid;
4944 	bool nl_owner_dead;
4945 
4946 	bool cac_started;
4947 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4948 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4949 
4950 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4951 	/* wext data */
4952 	struct {
4953 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4954 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4955 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4956 		const u8 *ie;
4957 		size_t ie_len;
4958 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4959 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4960 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4961 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4962 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4963 	} wext;
4964 #endif
4965 
4966 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4967 
4968 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
4969 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4970 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4971 };
4972 
wdev_address(struct wireless_dev * wdev)4973 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4974 {
4975 	if (wdev->netdev)
4976 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4977 	return wdev->address;
4978 }
4979 
wdev_running(struct wireless_dev * wdev)4980 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4981 {
4982 	if (wdev->netdev)
4983 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4984 	return wdev->is_running;
4985 }
4986 
4987 /**
4988  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4989  *
4990  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4991  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4992  */
wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev * wdev)4993 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4994 {
4995 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
4996 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4997 }
4998 
4999 /**
5000  * DOC: Utility functions
5001  *
5002  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5003  */
5004 
5005 /**
5006  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5007  * @chan: channel number
5008  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5009  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5010  */
5011 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5012 
5013 /**
5014  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5015  * @freq: center frequency
5016  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5017  */
5018 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5019 
5020 /**
5021  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5022  *
5023  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5024  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5025  *
5026  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5027  */
5028 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5029 
5030 /**
5031  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5032  *
5033  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5034  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5035  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5036  *
5037  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5038  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5039  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5040  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5041  */
5042 struct ieee80211_rate *
5043 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5044 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5045 
5046 /**
5047  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5048  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5049  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5050  *
5051  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5052  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5053  */
5054 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5055 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5056 
5057 /*
5058  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5059  *
5060  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5061  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5062  */
5063 
5064 struct radiotap_align_size {
5065 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5066 };
5067 
5068 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5069 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5070 	int n_bits;
5071 	uint32_t oui;
5072 	uint8_t subns;
5073 };
5074 
5075 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5076 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5077 	int n_ns;
5078 };
5079 
5080 /**
5081  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5082  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5083  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5084  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5085  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5086  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5087  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
5088  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5089  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5090  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5091  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5092  *	radiotap namespace or not
5093  *
5094  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5095  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5096  * @_arg_index: next argument index
5097  * @_arg: next argument pointer
5098  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5099  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5100  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5101  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5102  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5103  *	next bitmap word
5104  *
5105  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5106  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5107  */
5108 
5109 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5110 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5111 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5112 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5113 
5114 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5115 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
5116 
5117 	unsigned char *this_arg;
5118 	int this_arg_index;
5119 	int this_arg_size;
5120 
5121 	int is_radiotap_ns;
5122 
5123 	int _max_length;
5124 	int _arg_index;
5125 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5126 	int _reset_on_ext;
5127 };
5128 
5129 int
5130 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5131 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5132 				 int max_length,
5133 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5134 
5135 int
5136 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5137 
5138 
5139 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5140 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5141 
5142 /**
5143  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5144  *
5145  * @skb: the frame
5146  *
5147  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5148  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5149  *
5150  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5151  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5152  * 802.11 header.
5153  */
5154 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5155 
5156 /**
5157  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5158  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5159  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5160  */
5161 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5162 
5163 /**
5164  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5165  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5166  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5167  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5168  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5169  */
5170 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5171 
5172 /**
5173  * DOC: Data path helpers
5174  *
5175  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5176  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5177  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5178  */
5179 
5180 /**
5181  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5182  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5183  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5184  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5185  * @addr: the device MAC address
5186  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5187  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5188  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5189  */
5190 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5191 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5192 				  u8 data_offset);
5193 
5194 /**
5195  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5196  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5197  * @addr: the device MAC address
5198  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5199  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5200  */
ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff * skb,const u8 * addr,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)5201 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5202 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5203 {
5204 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5205 }
5206 
5207 /**
5208  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5209  *
5210  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5211  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5212  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5213  *
5214  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5215  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5216  *	initialized by by the caller.
5217  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5218  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5219  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5220  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5221  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5222  */
5223 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5224 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5225 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5226 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5227 
5228 /**
5229  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5230  * @skb: the data frame
5231  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5232  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5233  */
5234 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5235 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5236 
5237 /**
5238  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5239  *
5240  * @eid: element ID
5241  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5242  * @len: length of data
5243  * @match: byte array to match
5244  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5245  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5246  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5247  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5248  *	the data portion instead.
5249  *
5250  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5251  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5252  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5253  * requested element struct.
5254  *
5255  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5256  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5257  * byte array to match.
5258  */
5259 const struct element *
5260 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5261 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5262 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5263 
5264 /**
5265  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5266  *
5267  * @eid: element ID
5268  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5269  * @len: length of data
5270  * @match: byte array to match
5271  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5272  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5273  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5274  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5275  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5276  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5277  *
5278  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5279  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5280  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5281  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5282  * element ID.
5283  *
5284  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5285  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5286  * byte array to match.
5287  */
5288 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len,const u8 * match,unsigned int match_len,unsigned int match_offset)5289 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5290 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5291 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5292 {
5293 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5294 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5295 	 */
5296 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5297 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5298 		return NULL;
5299 
5300 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5301 						match, match_len,
5302 						match_offset ?
5303 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5304 }
5305 
5306 /**
5307  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5308  *
5309  * @eid: element ID
5310  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5311  * @len: length of data
5312  *
5313  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5314  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5315  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5316  * requested element struct.
5317  *
5318  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5319  * having to fit into the given data.
5320  */
5321 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5322 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5323 {
5324 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5325 }
5326 
5327 /**
5328  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5329  *
5330  * @eid: element ID
5331  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5332  * @len: length of data
5333  *
5334  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5335  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5336  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5337  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5338  *
5339  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5340  * having to fit into the given data.
5341  */
cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5342 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5343 {
5344 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5345 }
5346 
5347 /**
5348  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5349  *
5350  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5351  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5352  * @len: length of data
5353  *
5354  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5355  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5356  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5357  * requested element struct.
5358  *
5359  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5360  * having to fit into the given data.
5361  */
5362 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5363 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5364 {
5365 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5366 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5367 }
5368 
5369 /**
5370  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5371  *
5372  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5373  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5374  * @len: length of data
5375  *
5376  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5377  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5378  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5379  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5380  *
5381  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5382  * having to fit into the given data.
5383  */
cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5384 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5385 {
5386 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5387 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5388 }
5389 
5390 /**
5391  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5392  *
5393  * @oui: vendor OUI
5394  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5395  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5396  * @len: length of data
5397  *
5398  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5399  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5400  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5401  *
5402  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5403  * the given data.
5404  */
5405 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5406 						const u8 *ies,
5407 						unsigned int len);
5408 
5409 /**
5410  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5411  *
5412  * @oui: vendor OUI
5413  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5414  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5415  * @len: length of data
5416  *
5417  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5418  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5419  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5420  * element ID.
5421  *
5422  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5423  * the given data.
5424  */
5425 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui,int oui_type,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len)5426 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5427 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5428 {
5429 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5430 }
5431 
5432 /**
5433  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5434  *
5435  * @dev: network device
5436  * @addr: STA MAC address
5437  *
5438  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5439  * devices upon STA association.
5440  */
5441 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5442 
5443 /**
5444  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5445  *
5446  * TODO
5447  */
5448 
5449 /**
5450  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5451  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5452  *	conflicts)
5453  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5454  * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5455  * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5456  * 	alpha2.
5457  *
5458  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5459  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5460  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5461  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5462  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5463  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5464  *
5465  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5466  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5467  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5468  *
5469  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5470  * an -ENOMEM.
5471  *
5472  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5473  */
5474 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5475 
5476 /**
5477  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5478  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5479  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5480  *
5481  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5482  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5483  * information.
5484  *
5485  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5486  */
5487 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5488 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5489 
5490 /**
5491  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5492  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5493  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5494  *
5495  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5496  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5497  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5498  *
5499  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5500  */
5501 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5502 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5503 
5504 /**
5505  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5506  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5507  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5508  *
5509  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5510  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5511  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5512  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5513  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5514  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5515  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5516  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5517  * that called this helper.
5518  */
5519 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5520 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5521 
5522 /**
5523  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5524  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5525  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5526  *
5527  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5528  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5529  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5530  * and processed already.
5531  *
5532  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5533  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5534  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5535  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5536  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5537  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5538  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5539  */
5540 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5541 					       u32 center_freq);
5542 
5543 /**
5544  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5545  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5546  *
5547  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5548  * proper string representation.
5549  */
5550 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5551 
5552 /**
5553  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5554  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5555  *
5556  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5557  */
5558 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5559 
5560 /**
5561  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5562  *
5563  */
5564 
5565 /**
5566  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5567  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5568  *
5569  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5570  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5571  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5572  *
5573  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5574  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5575  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5576  *
5577  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5578  * an -ENODATA.
5579  *
5580  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5581  */
5582 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5583 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5584 
5585 /*
5586  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5587  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5588  */
5589 
5590 /**
5591  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5592  *
5593  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5594  * @info: information about the completed scan
5595  */
5596 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5597 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5598 
5599 /**
5600  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5601  *
5602  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5603  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5604  */
5605 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5606 
5607 /**
5608  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5609  *
5610  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5611  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5612  *
5613  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5614  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5615  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5616  */
5617 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5618 
5619 /**
5620  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5621  *
5622  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5623  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5624  *
5625  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5626  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5627  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5628  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5629  */
5630 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5631 
5632 /**
5633  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5634  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5635  * @data: the BSS metadata
5636  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5637  * @len: length of the management frame
5638  * @gfp: context flags
5639  *
5640  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5641  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5642  *
5643  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5644  * Or %NULL on error.
5645  */
5646 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5647 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5648 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5649 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5650 			       gfp_t gfp);
5651 
5652 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,struct ieee80211_mgmt * mgmt,size_t len,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5653 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5654 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5655 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5656 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5657 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5658 {
5659 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5660 		.chan = rx_channel,
5661 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5662 		.signal = signal,
5663 	};
5664 
5665 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5666 }
5667 
5668 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,struct ieee80211_mgmt * mgmt,size_t len,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5669 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5670 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5671 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5672 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5673 {
5674 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5675 		.chan = rx_channel,
5676 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5677 		.signal = signal,
5678 	};
5679 
5680 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5681 }
5682 
5683 /**
5684  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5685  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5686  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5687  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5688  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5689  */
cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 * bssid,u8 max_bssid,u8 mbssid_index,u8 * new_bssid)5690 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5691 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5692 {
5693 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5694 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5695 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5696 
5697 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5698 
5699 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5700 
5701 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5702 }
5703 
5704 /**
5705  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5706  * @element: element to check
5707  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5708  */
5709 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5710 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5711 
5712 /**
5713  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5714  * @ie: ies
5715  * @ielen: length of IEs
5716  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5717  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5718  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5719  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5720  */
5721 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5722 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5723 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5724 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5725 
5726 /**
5727  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5728  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5729  *	from a beacon or probe response
5730  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5731  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5732  */
5733 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5734 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5735 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5736 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5737 };
5738 
5739 /**
5740  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5741  *
5742  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5743  * @data: the BSS metadata
5744  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5745  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5746  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5747  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5748  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5749  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5750  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5751  * @gfp: context flags
5752  *
5753  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5754  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5755  *
5756  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5757  * Or %NULL on error.
5758  */
5759 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5760 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5761 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5762 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5763 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5764 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5765 			 gfp_t gfp);
5766 
5767 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,const u8 * bssid,u64 tsf,u16 capability,u16 beacon_interval,const u8 * ie,size_t ielen,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5768 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5769 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5770 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5771 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5772 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5773 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5774 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5775 {
5776 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5777 		.chan = rx_channel,
5778 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5779 		.signal = signal,
5780 	};
5781 
5782 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5783 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5784 					gfp);
5785 }
5786 
5787 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,const u8 * bssid,u64 tsf,u16 capability,u16 beacon_interval,const u8 * ie,size_t ielen,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5788 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5789 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5790 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5791 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5792 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5793 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5794 {
5795 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5796 		.chan = rx_channel,
5797 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5798 		.signal = signal,
5799 	};
5800 
5801 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5802 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5803 					gfp);
5804 }
5805 
5806 /**
5807  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5808  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5809  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5810  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5811  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5812  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5813  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5814  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5815  */
5816 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5817 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5818 				      const u8 *bssid,
5819 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5820 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5821 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5822 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * channel,const u8 * ssid,size_t ssid_len)5823 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5824 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5825 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5826 {
5827 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5828 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5829 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5830 }
5831 
5832 /**
5833  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5834  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5835  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5836  *
5837  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5838  */
5839 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5840 
5841 /**
5842  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5843  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5844  * @bss: the BSS struct
5845  *
5846  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5847  */
5848 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5849 
5850 /**
5851  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5852  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5853  * @bss: the bss to remove
5854  *
5855  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5856  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5857  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5858  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5859  */
5860 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5861 
5862 /**
5863  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
5864  *
5865  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
5866  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
5867  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
5868  *
5869  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5870  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
5871  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
5872  * @iter: the iterator function to call
5873  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
5874  */
5875 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5876 		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5877 		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5878 				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5879 				    void *data),
5880 		       void *iter_data);
5881 
5882 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)5883 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5884 {
5885 	switch (chandef->width) {
5886 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5887 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5888 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5889 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5890 	default:
5891 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5892 	}
5893 }
5894 
5895 /**
5896  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5897  * @dev: network device
5898  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5899  * @len: length of the frame data
5900  *
5901  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5902  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5903  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5904  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5905  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5906  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5907  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5908  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5909  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5910  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5911  *
5912  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5913  */
5914 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5915 
5916 /**
5917  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5918  * @dev: network device
5919  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5920  *
5921  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5922  * mutex.
5923  */
5924 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5925 
5926 /**
5927  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5928  * @dev: network device
5929  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5930  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
5931  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5932  * @len: length of the frame data
5933  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5934  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5935  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5936  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5937  *
5938  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5939  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5940  *
5941  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5942  */
5943 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5944 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5945 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5946 			    int uapsd_queues,
5947 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5948 
5949 /**
5950  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5951  * @dev: network device
5952  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5953  *
5954  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5955  */
5956 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5957 
5958 /**
5959  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5960  * @dev: network device
5961  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5962  *
5963  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5964  * an association attempt was abandoned.
5965  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5966  */
5967 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5968 
5969 /**
5970  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5971  * @dev: network device
5972  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5973  * @len: length of the frame data
5974  *
5975  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5976  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5977  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5978  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5979  */
5980 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5981 
5982 /**
5983  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5984  * @dev: network device
5985  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5986  * @len: length of the frame data
5987  *
5988  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5989  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5990  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5991  */
5992 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5993 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5994 
5995 /**
5996  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5997  * @dev: network device
5998  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5999  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6000  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6001  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6002  * @gfp: allocation flags
6003  *
6004  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6005  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6006  * primitive.
6007  */
6008 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6009 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6010 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6011 
6012 /**
6013  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6014  *
6015  * @dev: network device
6016  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6017  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6018  * @gfp: allocation flags
6019  *
6020  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6021  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6022  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6023  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6024  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6025  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6026  */
6027 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6028 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6029 
6030 /**
6031  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6032  *
6033  * @dev: network device
6034  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6035  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6036  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6037  * @gfp: allocation flags
6038  *
6039  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6040  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6041  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6042  */
6043 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6044 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6045 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6046 
6047 /**
6048  * DOC: RFkill integration
6049  *
6050  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6051  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6052  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6053  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6054  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6055  *
6056  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6057  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6058  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6059  */
6060 
6061 /**
6062  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6063  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6064  * @blocked: block status
6065  */
6066 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6067 
6068 /**
6069  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6070  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6071  */
6072 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6073 
6074 /**
6075  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6076  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6077  */
6078 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6079 
6080 /**
6081  * DOC: Vendor commands
6082  *
6083  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6084  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6085  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6086  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6087  * the configuration mechanism.
6088  *
6089  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6090  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6091  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6092  *
6093  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6094  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6095  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6096  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6097  * managers etc. need.
6098  */
6099 
6100 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6101 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6102 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6103 					   int approxlen);
6104 
6105 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6106 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6107 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6108 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6109 					   unsigned int portid,
6110 					   int vendor_event_idx,
6111 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6112 
6113 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6114 
6115 /**
6116  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6117  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6118  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6119  *	be put into the skb
6120  *
6121  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6122  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6123  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6124  *
6125  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6126  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6127  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6128  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6129  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6130  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6131  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6132  *
6133  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6134  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6135  *
6136  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6137  */
6138 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)6139 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6140 {
6141 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6142 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6143 }
6144 
6145 /**
6146  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6147  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6148  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6149  *
6150  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6151  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6152  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6153  * skb regardless of the return value.
6154  *
6155  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6156  */
6157 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6158 
6159 /**
6160  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6161  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6162  *
6163  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6164  * Valid to call only there.
6165  */
6166 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6167 
6168 /**
6169  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6170  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6171  * @wdev: the wireless device
6172  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6173  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6174  *	be put into the skb
6175  * @gfp: allocation flags
6176  *
6177  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6178  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6179  *
6180  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6181  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6182  * attribute.
6183  *
6184  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6185  * skb to send the event.
6186  *
6187  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6188  */
6189 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)6190 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6191 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6192 {
6193 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6194 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6195 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6196 }
6197 
6198 /**
6199  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6200  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6201  * @wdev: the wireless device
6202  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6203  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6204  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6205  *	be put into the skb
6206  * @gfp: allocation flags
6207  *
6208  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6209  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6210  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6211  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6212  *
6213  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6214  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6215  * attribute.
6216  *
6217  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6218  * skb to send the event.
6219  *
6220  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6221  */
6222 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,unsigned int portid,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)6223 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6224 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6225 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6226 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6227 {
6228 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6229 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6230 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6231 }
6232 
6233 /**
6234  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6235  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6236  * @gfp: allocation flags
6237  *
6238  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6239  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6240  */
cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)6241 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6242 {
6243 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6244 }
6245 
6246 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6247 /**
6248  * DOC: Test mode
6249  *
6250  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6251  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6252  * factory programming.
6253  *
6254  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6255  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6256  */
6257 
6258 /**
6259  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6260  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6261  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6262  *	be put into the skb
6263  *
6264  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6265  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6266  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6267  *
6268  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6269  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6270  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6271  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6272  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6273  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6274  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6275  *
6276  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6277  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6278  *
6279  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6280  */
6281 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)6282 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6283 {
6284 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6285 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6286 }
6287 
6288 /**
6289  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6290  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6291  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6292  *
6293  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6294  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6295  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6296  * regardless of the return value.
6297  *
6298  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6299  */
cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff * skb)6300 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6301 {
6302 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6303 }
6304 
6305 /**
6306  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6307  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6308  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6309  *	be put into the skb
6310  * @gfp: allocation flags
6311  *
6312  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6313  * testmode multicast group.
6314  *
6315  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6316  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6317  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6318  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6319  * in any other way.
6320  *
6321  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6322  * skb to send the event.
6323  *
6324  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6325  */
6326 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen,gfp_t gfp)6327 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6328 {
6329 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6330 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6331 					  approxlen, gfp);
6332 }
6333 
6334 /**
6335  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6336  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6337  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6338  * @gfp: allocation flags
6339  *
6340  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6341  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6342  * consumes it.
6343  */
cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)6344 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6345 {
6346 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6347 }
6348 
6349 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6350 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6351 #else
6352 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6353 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6354 #endif
6355 
6356 /**
6357  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6358  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6359  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6360  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6361  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6362  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6363  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6364  *	status for a FILS connection.
6365  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6366  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6367  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6368  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6369  */
6370 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6371 	const u8 *kek;
6372 	size_t kek_len;
6373 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6374 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6375 	const u8 *pmk;
6376 	size_t pmk_len;
6377 	const u8 *pmkid;
6378 };
6379 
6380 /**
6381  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6382  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6383  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6384  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6385  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6386  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6387  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6388  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6389  *	case.
6390  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6391  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6392  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6393  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6394  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6395  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6396  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6397  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6398  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6399  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6400  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6401  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6402  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6403  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6404  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6405  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6406  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6407  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6408  */
6409 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6410 	int status;
6411 	const u8 *bssid;
6412 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6413 	const u8 *req_ie;
6414 	size_t req_ie_len;
6415 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6416 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6417 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6418 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6419 };
6420 
6421 /**
6422  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6423  *
6424  * @dev: network device
6425  * @params: connection response parameters
6426  * @gfp: allocation flags
6427  *
6428  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6429  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6430  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6431  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6432  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6433  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6434  */
6435 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6436 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6437 			   gfp_t gfp);
6438 
6439 /**
6440  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6441  *
6442  * @dev: network device
6443  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6444  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6445  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6446  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6447  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6448  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6449  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6450  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6451  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6452  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6453  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6454  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6455  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6456  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6457  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6458  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6459  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6460  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6461  *	case.
6462  * @gfp: allocation flags
6463  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6464  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6465  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6466  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6467  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6468  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6469  *
6470  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6471  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6472  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6473  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6474  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6475  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6476  */
6477 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,struct cfg80211_bss * bss,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,int status,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)6478 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6479 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6480 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6481 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6482 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6483 {
6484 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6485 
6486 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6487 	params.status = status;
6488 	params.bssid = bssid;
6489 	params.bss = bss;
6490 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6491 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6492 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6493 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6494 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6495 
6496 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6497 }
6498 
6499 /**
6500  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6501  *
6502  * @dev: network device
6503  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6504  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6505  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6506  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6507  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6508  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6509  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6510  *	the real status code for failures.
6511  * @gfp: allocation flags
6512  *
6513  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6514  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6515  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6516  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6517  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6518  */
6519 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,u16 status,gfp_t gfp)6520 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6521 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6522 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6523 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6524 {
6525 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6526 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6527 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6528 }
6529 
6530 /**
6531  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6532  *
6533  * @dev: network device
6534  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6535  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6536  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6537  * @gfp: allocation flags
6538  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6539  *
6540  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6541  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6542  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6543  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6544  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6545  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6546  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6547  */
6548 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)6549 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6550 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6551 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6552 {
6553 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6554 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6555 }
6556 
6557 /**
6558  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6559  *
6560  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6561  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6562  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6563  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6564  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6565  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6566  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6567  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6568  */
6569 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6570 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6571 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6572 	const u8 *bssid;
6573 	const u8 *req_ie;
6574 	size_t req_ie_len;
6575 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6576 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6577 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6578 };
6579 
6580 /**
6581  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6582  *
6583  * @dev: network device
6584  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6585  * @gfp: allocation flags
6586  *
6587  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6588  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6589  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6590  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6591  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6592  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6593  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6594  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6595  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6596  * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6597  */
6598 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6599 		     gfp_t gfp);
6600 
6601 /**
6602  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6603  *
6604  * @dev: network device
6605  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6606  * @gfp: allocation flags
6607  *
6608  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6609  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6610  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6611  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6612  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6613  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6614  */
6615 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6616 			      gfp_t gfp);
6617 
6618 /**
6619  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6620  *
6621  * @dev: network device
6622  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6623  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6624  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6625  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6626  * @gfp: allocation flags
6627  *
6628  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6629  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6630  */
6631 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6632 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6633 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6634 
6635 /**
6636  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6637  * @wdev: wireless device
6638  * @cookie: the request cookie
6639  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6640  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6641  *	channel
6642  * @gfp: allocation flags
6643  */
6644 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6645 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6646 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6647 
6648 /**
6649  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6650  * @wdev: wireless device
6651  * @cookie: the request cookie
6652  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6653  * @gfp: allocation flags
6654  */
6655 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6656 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6657 					gfp_t gfp);
6658 
6659 /**
6660  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6661  * @wdev: wireless device
6662  * @cookie: the requested cookie
6663  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6664  * @gfp: allocation flags
6665  */
6666 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6667 			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6668 
6669 /**
6670  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6671  *
6672  * @sinfo: the station information
6673  * @gfp: allocation flags
6674  */
6675 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6676 
6677 /**
6678  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6679  * @sinfo: the station information
6680  *
6681  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6682  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6683  * the stack.)
6684  */
cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info * sinfo)6685 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6686 {
6687 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6688 }
6689 
6690 /**
6691  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6692  *
6693  * @dev: the netdev
6694  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6695  * @sinfo: the station information
6696  * @gfp: allocation flags
6697  */
6698 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6699 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6700 
6701 /**
6702  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6703  * @dev: the netdev
6704  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6705  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6706  * @gfp: allocation flags
6707  */
6708 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6709 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6710 
6711 /**
6712  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6713  *
6714  * @dev: the netdev
6715  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6716  * @gfp: allocation flags
6717  */
cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,gfp_t gfp)6718 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6719 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6720 {
6721 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6722 }
6723 
6724 /**
6725  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6726  *
6727  * @dev: the netdev
6728  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6729  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6730  * @gfp: allocation flags
6731  *
6732  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6733  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6734  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6735  *
6736  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6737  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6738  */
6739 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6740 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6741 			  gfp_t gfp);
6742 
6743 /**
6744  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6745  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6746  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6747  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6748  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6749  * @len: length of the frame data
6750  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6751  *
6752  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6753  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6754  *
6755  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6756  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6757  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6758  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6759  */
6760 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6761 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6762 
6763 /**
6764  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6765  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6766  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6767  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6768  * @len: length of the frame data
6769  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6770  * @gfp: context flags
6771  *
6772  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6773  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6774  * transmission attempt.
6775  */
6776 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6777 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6778 
6779 
6780 /**
6781  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6782  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6783  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6784  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6785  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6786  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6787  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6788  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6789  *
6790  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6791  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6792  * control port frames over nl80211.
6793  *
6794  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6795  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6796  *
6797  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6798  */
6799 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6800 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6801 
6802 /**
6803  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6804  * @dev: network device
6805  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6806  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6807  * @gfp: context flags
6808  *
6809  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6810  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6811  */
6812 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6813 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6814 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6815 
6816 /**
6817  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6818  * @dev: network device
6819  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6820  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6821  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6822  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6823  * @gfp: context flags
6824  */
6825 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6826 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6827 
6828 /**
6829  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6830  * @dev: network device
6831  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6832  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6833  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6834  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6835  * @gfp: context flags
6836  *
6837  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6838  * given interval is exceeded.
6839  */
6840 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6841 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6842 
6843 /**
6844  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6845  * @dev: network device
6846  * @gfp: context flags
6847  *
6848  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6849  */
6850 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6851 
6852 /**
6853  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6854  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6855  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6856  * @gfp: context flags
6857  *
6858  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6859  */
6860 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6861 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6862 
6863 /**
6864  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6865  * @dev: network device
6866  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6867  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6868  * @gfp: context flags
6869  *
6870  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6871  * frame.
6872  */
6873 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6874 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6875 				       gfp_t gfp);
6876 
6877 /**
6878  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6879  * @netdev: network device
6880  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6881  * @event: type of event
6882  * @gfp: context flags
6883  *
6884  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6885  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6886  * also by full-MAC drivers.
6887  */
6888 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6889 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6890 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6891 
6892 
6893 /**
6894  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6895  * @dev: network device
6896  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6897  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6898  * @gfp: allocation flags
6899  */
6900 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6901 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6902 
6903 /**
6904  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6905  * @dev: network device
6906  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6907  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6908  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6909  * @gfp: allocation flags
6910  */
6911 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6912 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6913 
6914 /**
6915  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6916  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6917  * @addr: the transmitter address
6918  * @gfp: context flags
6919  *
6920  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6921  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6922  * sender.
6923  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6924  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6925  */
6926 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6927 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6928 
6929 /**
6930  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6931  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6932  * @addr: the transmitter address
6933  * @gfp: context flags
6934  *
6935  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6936  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6937  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6938  * station to avoid event flooding.
6939  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6940  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6941  */
6942 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6943 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6944 
6945 /**
6946  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6947  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6948  * @addr: the address of the peer
6949  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6950  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6951  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6952  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6953  * @gfp: allocation flags
6954  */
6955 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6956 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6957 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6958 
6959 /**
6960  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6961  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6962  * @frame: the frame
6963  * @len: length of the frame
6964  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6965  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6966  *
6967  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6968  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6969  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6970  */
6971 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6972 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6973 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6974 
6975 /**
6976  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6977  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6978  * @chandef: the channel definition
6979  * @iftype: interface type
6980  *
6981  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6982  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6983  */
6984 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6985 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6986 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6987 
6988 /**
6989  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6990  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6991  * @chandef: the channel definition
6992  * @iftype: interface type
6993  *
6994  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6995  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
6996  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
6997  * more permissive conditions.
6998  *
6999  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7000  */
7001 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7002 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7003 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7004 
7005 /*
7006  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7007  * @dev: the device which switched channels
7008  * @chandef: the new channel definition
7009  *
7010  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7011  * driver context!
7012  */
7013 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7014 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7015 
7016 /*
7017  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7018  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7019  * @chandef: the future channel definition
7020  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7021  *
7022  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7023  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7024  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7025  */
7026 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7027 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7028 				       u8 count);
7029 
7030 /**
7031  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7032  *
7033  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7034  * @band: band pointer to fill
7035  *
7036  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7037  */
7038 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7039 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
7040 
7041 /**
7042  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7043  *
7044  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7045  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7046  *
7047  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7048  */
7049 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7050 					  u8 *op_class);
7051 
7052 /*
7053  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7054  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7055  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7056  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7057  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7058  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7059  * @gfp: allocation flags
7060  *
7061  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7062  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7063  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7064  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7065  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7066  */
7067 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7068 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7069 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7070 
7071 /*
7072  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7073  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7074  *
7075  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7076  */
7077 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7078 
7079 /**
7080  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7081  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7082  *
7083  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7084  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7085  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7086  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7087  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7088  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7089  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7090  *
7091  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7092  */
7093 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7094 
7095 /**
7096  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7097  * @ies: FT IEs
7098  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7099  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7100  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7101  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7102  */
7103 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7104 	const u8 *ies;
7105 	size_t ies_len;
7106 	const u8 *target_ap;
7107 	const u8 *ric_ies;
7108 	size_t ric_ies_len;
7109 };
7110 
7111 /**
7112  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7113  * @netdev: network device
7114  * @ft_event: IE information
7115  */
7116 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7117 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7118 
7119 /**
7120  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7121  * @ies: the input IE buffer
7122  * @len: the input length
7123  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7124  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7125  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7126  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7127  *
7128  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7129  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7130  *
7131  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7132  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7133  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7134  */
7135 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7136 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7137 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7138 
7139 /**
7140  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7141  * @ies: the IE buffer
7142  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7143  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7144  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7145  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7146  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7147  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7148  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7149  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7150  *
7151  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7152  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7153  * split.
7154  *
7155  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7156  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7157  *
7158  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7159  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7160  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7161  *
7162  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7163  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7164  * of the buffer should be used.
7165  */
7166 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7167 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7168 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7169 			      size_t offset);
7170 
7171 /**
7172  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7173  * @ies: the IE buffer
7174  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7175  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7176  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7177  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7178  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7179  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7180  *
7181  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7182  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7183  * split.
7184  *
7185  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7186  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7187  *
7188  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7189  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7190  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7191  *
7192  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7193  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7194  * of the buffer should be used.
7195  */
ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 * ies,size_t ielen,const u8 * ids,int n_ids,size_t offset)7196 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7197 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7198 {
7199 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7200 }
7201 
7202 /**
7203  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7204  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7205  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7206  * @gfp: allocation flags
7207  *
7208  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7209  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7210  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7211  * else caused the wakeup.
7212  */
7213 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7214 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7215 				   gfp_t gfp);
7216 
7217 /**
7218  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7219  *
7220  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7221  * @gfp: allocation flags
7222  *
7223  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7224  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7225  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7226  */
7227 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7228 
7229 /**
7230  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7231  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7232  *
7233  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7234  */
7235 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7236 
7237 /**
7238  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7239  *
7240  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7241  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7242  *
7243  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7244  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7245  * the interface combinations.
7246  */
7247 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7248 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7249 
7250 /**
7251  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7252  *
7253  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7254  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7255  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7256  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7257  *
7258  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7259  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7260  * purposes.
7261  */
7262 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7263 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7264 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7265 					    void *data),
7266 			       void *data);
7267 
7268 /*
7269  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7270  *
7271  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7272  * @wdev: wireless device
7273  * @gfp: context flags
7274  *
7275  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7276  * disconnected.
7277  *
7278  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7279  */
7280 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7281 			 gfp_t gfp);
7282 
7283 /**
7284  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7285  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7286  *
7287  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7288  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7289  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7290  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7291  *
7292  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7293  * the driver while the function is running.
7294  */
7295 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7296 
7297 /**
7298  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7299  *
7300  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7301  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7302  *
7303  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7304  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7305  */
wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)7306 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7307 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7308 {
7309 	u8 *ft_byte;
7310 
7311 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7312 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7313 }
7314 
7315 /**
7316  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7317  *
7318  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7319  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7320  *
7321  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7322  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7323  */
7324 static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)7325 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7326 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7327 {
7328 	u8 ft_byte;
7329 
7330 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7331 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7332 }
7333 
7334 /**
7335  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7336  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7337  *
7338  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7339  */
7340 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7341 
7342 /**
7343  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7344  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7345  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7346  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7347  *	 result.
7348  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7349  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7350  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7351  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7352  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7353  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7354  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7355  */
7356 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7357 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7358 	u8 inst_id;
7359 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7360 	const u8 *addr;
7361 	u8 info_len;
7362 	const u8 *info;
7363 	u64 cookie;
7364 };
7365 
7366 /**
7367  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7368  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7369  * @match: match notification parameters
7370  * @gfp: allocation flags
7371  *
7372  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7373  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7374  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7375  */
7376 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7377 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7378 
7379 /**
7380  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7381  *
7382  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7383  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7384  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7385  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7386  * @gfp: allocation flags
7387  *
7388  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7389  */
7390 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7391 				  u8 inst_id,
7392 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7393 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7394 
7395 /* ethtool helper */
7396 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7397 
7398 /**
7399  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7400  * @netdev: network device
7401  * @params: External authentication parameters
7402  * @gfp: allocation flags
7403  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7404  */
7405 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7406 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7407 				   gfp_t gfp);
7408 
7409 /**
7410  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7411  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7412  * @req: the original measurement request
7413  * @result: the result data
7414  * @gfp: allocation flags
7415  */
7416 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7417 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7418 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7419 			  gfp_t gfp);
7420 
7421 /**
7422  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7423  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7424  * @req: the original measurement request
7425  * @gfp: allocation flags
7426  *
7427  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7428  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7429  */
7430 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7431 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7432 			    gfp_t gfp);
7433 
7434 /**
7435  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7436  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7437  * @iftype: interface type
7438  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7439  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7440  *
7441  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7442  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7443  * check_swif is '1'.
7444  */
7445 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7446 			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7447 
7448 
7449 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7450 
7451 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7452 
7453 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7454 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7455 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7456 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7457 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7458 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7459 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7460 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7461 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7462 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7463 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7464 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7465 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7466 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7467 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7468 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7469 
7470 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7471 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7472 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7473 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7474 
7475 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7476 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7477 
7478 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7479 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7480 
7481 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7482 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7483 #else
7484 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7485 ({									\
7486 	if (0)								\
7487 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7488 	0;								\
7489 })
7490 #endif
7491 
7492 /*
7493  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7494  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7495  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7496  */
7497 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7498 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7499 
7500 /**
7501  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7502  * @netdev: network device
7503  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7504  * @gfp: allocation flags
7505  */
7506 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7507 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7508 				    gfp_t gfp);
7509 
7510 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7511